xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision a9cfaba9)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 /*
432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
436 **
437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
443 */
444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
445 struct PagerSavepoint {
446   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
447   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
448   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
449   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
450   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
452   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
453 #endif
454 };
455 
456 /*
457 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
458 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
459 **
460 ** eState
461 **
462 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
463 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
464 **
465 ** eLock
466 **
467 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
468 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
469 **
470 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
471 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
472 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
473 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
474 **   need (and no reason to release them).
475 **
476 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
477 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
478 **   details.
479 **
480 ** changeCountDone
481 **
482 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
483 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
484 **   not updated more often than necessary.
485 **
486 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
487 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
488 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
489 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
490 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
491 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
492 **
493 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
494 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
495 **   committed.
496 **
497 ** setMaster
498 **
499 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
500 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
501 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
502 **
503 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
504 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
505 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
506 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
507 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
508 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
509 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
510 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
511 **
512 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
513 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
514 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
515 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
516 **
517 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
518 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
519 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
520 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
521 **
522 ** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill
523 **
524 **   These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills
525 **   (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to
526 **   write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory).
527 **
528 **   When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
529 **   is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that
530 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
531 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
532 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().
533 **
534 **   If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
535 **   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
536 **   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
537 **   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
538 **   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
539 **
540 ** subjInMemory
541 **
542 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
543 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
544 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
545 **
546 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
547 **   write-transaction is opened.
548 **
549 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
550 **
551 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
552 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
553 **   OPEN and ERROR).
554 **
555 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
556 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
557 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
558 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
559 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
560 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
561 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
562 **   to dbSize==1).
563 **
564 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
565 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
566 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
567 **   dbSize is updated.
568 **
569 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
570 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
571 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
572 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
573 **   being modified.
574 **
575 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
576 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
577 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
578 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
579 **
580 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
581 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
582 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
583 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
584 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
585 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
586 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
587 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
588 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
589 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
590 **
591 ** dbHintSize
592 **
593 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
594 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
595 **
596 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
597 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
598 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
599 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
600 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
601 **   details.
602 **
603 ** errCode
604 **
605 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
606 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
607 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
608 **   sub-codes.
609 */
610 struct Pager {
611   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
612   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
613   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
614   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
615   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
616   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
617   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
618   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
619   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
620   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
621   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
622   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
623 
624   /**************************************************************************
625   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
626   ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
627   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
628   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
629   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
630   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
631   ** "configuration" of the pager.
632   */
633   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
634   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
635   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
636   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
637   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
638   u8 doNotSyncSpill;          /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */
639   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
640   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
641   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
642   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
643   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
644   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
645   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
646   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
647   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
648   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
649   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
650   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
651   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
652   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
653   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
654   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
655   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
656   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
657   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
658   /*
659   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
660   ***************************************************************************/
661 
662   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
663   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
664   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
665   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
666   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
667   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
668   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
669   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
670   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
671   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
672   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
673   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
674 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
675   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
676 #endif
677   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
678 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
679   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
680   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
681   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
682   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
683 #endif
684   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
685   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
686 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
687   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
688   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
689 #endif
690 };
691 
692 /*
693 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
694 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
695 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
696 */
697 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
698 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
699 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
700 
701 /*
702 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
703 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
704 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
705 */
706 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
707 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
708 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
709 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
710 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
711 #else
712 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
713 #endif
714 
715 
716 
717 /*
718 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
719 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
720 **
721 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
722 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
723 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
724 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
725 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
726 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
727 ** journal and ignore it.
728 **
729 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
730 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
731 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
732 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
733 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
734 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
735 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
736 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
737 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
738 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
739 */
740 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
741   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
742 };
743 
744 /*
745 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
746 ** the following macro.
747 */
748 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
749 
750 /*
751 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
752 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
753 */
754 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
755 
756 /*
757 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
758 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
759 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
760 ** out code that would never execute.
761 */
762 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
763 # define MEMDB 0
764 #else
765 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
766 #endif
767 
768 /*
769 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
770 */
771 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
772 
773 /*
774 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
775 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
776 **
777 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
778 **
779 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
780 **
781 ** instead of
782 **
783 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
784 */
785 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
786 
787 /*
788 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
789 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
790 */
791 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
792 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
793   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
794 }
795 #else
796 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
797 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
798 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
799 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
800 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
801 #endif
802 
803 #ifndef NDEBUG
804 /*
805 ** Usage:
806 **
807 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
808 **
809 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
810 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
811 */
812 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
813   Pager *pPager = p;
814 
815   /* State must be valid. */
816   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
817        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
818        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
819        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
820        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
821        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
822        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
823   );
824 
825   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
826   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
827   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
828   */
829   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
830   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
831 
832   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
833   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
834   */
835   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
836   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
837 
838   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
839   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
840   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
841   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
842   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
843   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
844   ** state.
845   */
846   if( MEMDB ){
847     assert( p->noSync );
848     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
849          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
850     );
851     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
852     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
853   }
854 
855   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
856   ** on the file.
857   */
858   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
859   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
860 
861   switch( p->eState ){
862     case PAGER_OPEN:
863       assert( !MEMDB );
864       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
865       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
866       break;
867 
868     case PAGER_READER:
869       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
870       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
871       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
872       break;
873 
874     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
875       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
876       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
877       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
878         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
879       }
880       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
881       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
882       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
883       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
884       break;
885 
886     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
887       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
888       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
889       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
890         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
891         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
892         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
893         ** to journal_mode=wal.
894         */
895         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
896         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
897              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
898              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
899         );
900       }
901       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
902       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
903       break;
904 
905     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
906       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
907       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
908       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
909       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
910       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
911            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
912            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
913       );
914       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
915       break;
916 
917     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
918       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
919       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
920       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
921       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
922            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
923            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
924       );
925       break;
926 
927     case PAGER_ERROR:
928       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
929       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
930       ** back to OPEN state.
931       */
932       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
933       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
934       break;
935   }
936 
937   return 1;
938 }
939 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
940 
941 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
942 /*
943 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
944 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
945 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
946 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
947 **
948 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
949 */
950 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
951   static char zRet[1024];
952 
953   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
954       "Filename:      %s\n"
955       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
956       "Lock:          %s\n"
957       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
958       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
959       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
960       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
961       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
962       , p->zFilename
963       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
964         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
965         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
966         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
967         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
968         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
969         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
970       , (int)p->errCode
971       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
972         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
973         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
974         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
975         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
976       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
977       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
978         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
979         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
980         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
981         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
982         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
983       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
984       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
985       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
986   );
987 
988   return zRet;
989 }
990 #endif
991 
992 /*
993 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
994 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
995 ** or more open savepoints for which:
996 **
997 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
998 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
999 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1000 */
1001 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1002   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1003   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1004   int i;
1005   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1006     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1007     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1008       return 1;
1009     }
1010   }
1011   return 0;
1012 }
1013 
1014 /*
1015 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1016 */
1017 static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
1018   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1019 }
1020 
1021 /*
1022 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1023 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1024 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1025 **
1026 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1027 */
1028 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1029   unsigned char ac[4];
1030   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1031   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1032     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1033   }
1034   return rc;
1035 }
1036 
1037 /*
1038 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1039 */
1040 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1041 
1042 
1043 /*
1044 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1045 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1046 */
1047 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1048   char ac[4];
1049   put32bits(ac, val);
1050   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1051 }
1052 
1053 /*
1054 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1055 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1056 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1057 **
1058 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1059 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1060 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1061 */
1062 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1063   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1064 
1065   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1066   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1067   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1068   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1069     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1070     rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1071     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1072       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1073     }
1074     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1075   }
1076   return rc;
1077 }
1078 
1079 /*
1080 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1081 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1082 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1083 **
1084 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1085 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1086 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1087 ** of this.
1088 */
1089 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1090   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1091 
1092   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1093   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1094     rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1095     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1096       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1097       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1098     }
1099   }
1100   return rc;
1101 }
1102 
1103 /*
1104 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1105 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1106 **
1107 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1108 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1109 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1110 **      to the page size.
1111 **
1112 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1113 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1114 ** database.
1115 **
1116 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1117 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1118 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1119 */
1120 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1121 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1122   assert( !MEMDB );
1123   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1124     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1125     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1126     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1127 
1128     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1129     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1130     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1131     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1132 
1133     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1134     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1135     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1136       return 0;
1137     }
1138   }
1139 
1140   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1141 }
1142 #endif
1143 
1144 /*
1145 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1146 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1147 ** and debugging only.
1148 */
1149 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1150 /*
1151 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1152 */
1153 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1154   u32 hash = 0;
1155   int i;
1156   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1157     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1158   }
1159   return hash;
1160 }
1161 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1162   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1163 }
1164 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1165   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1166 }
1167 
1168 /*
1169 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1170 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1171 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1172 */
1173 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1174 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1175   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1176   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1177   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1178 }
1179 
1180 #else
1181 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1182 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1183 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1184 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1185 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1186 
1187 /*
1188 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1189 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1190 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1191 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1192 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1193 **
1194 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1195 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1196 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1197 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1198 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1199 ** were present in the journal.
1200 **
1201 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1202 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1203 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1204 ** journal file name.
1205 **
1206 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1207 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1208 **
1209 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1210 ** error code is returned.
1211 */
1212 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1213   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1214   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1215   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1216   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1217   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1218   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1219   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1220 
1221   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1222    || szJ<16
1223    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1224    || len>=nMaster
1225    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1226    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1227    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1228    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1229   ){
1230     return rc;
1231   }
1232 
1233   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1234   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1235     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1236   }
1237   if( cksum ){
1238     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1239     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1240     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1241     ** master-journal filename.
1242     */
1243     len = 0;
1244   }
1245   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1246 
1247   return SQLITE_OK;
1248 }
1249 
1250 /*
1251 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1252 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1253 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1254 **
1255 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1256 **
1257 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1258 **   ---------------------------------------
1259 **   0                         0
1260 **   512                       512
1261 **   100                       512
1262 **   2000                      2048
1263 **
1264 */
1265 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1266   i64 offset = 0;
1267   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1268   if( c ){
1269     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1270   }
1271   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1272   assert( offset>=c );
1273   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1274   return offset;
1275 }
1276 
1277 /*
1278 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1279 **
1280 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1281 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1282 **
1283 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1284 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1285 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1286 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1287 ** after writing or truncating it.
1288 **
1289 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1290 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1291 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1292 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1293 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1294 **
1295 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1296 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1297 */
1298 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1299   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1300   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1301   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1302     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1303 
1304     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1305     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1306       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1307     }else{
1308       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1309       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1310     }
1311     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1312       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1313     }
1314 
1315     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1316     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1317     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1318     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1319     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1320     */
1321     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1322       i64 sz;
1323       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1324       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1325         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1326       }
1327     }
1328   }
1329   return rc;
1330 }
1331 
1332 /*
1333 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1334 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1335 ** current location.
1336 **
1337 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1338 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1339 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1340 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1341 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1342 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1343 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1344 **
1345 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1346 */
1347 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1348   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1349   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1350   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1351   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1352   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1353 
1354   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1355 
1356   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1357     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1358   }
1359 
1360   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1361   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1362   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1363   */
1364   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1365     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1366       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1367     }
1368   }
1369 
1370   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1371 
1372   /*
1373   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1374   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1375   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1376   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1377   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1378   **
1379   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1380   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1381   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1382   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1383   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1384   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1385   **
1386   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1387   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1388   **
1389   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1390   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1391   */
1392   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1393   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1394    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1395   ){
1396     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1397     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1398   }else{
1399     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1400   }
1401 
1402   /* The random check-hash initialiser */
1403   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1404   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1405   /* The initial database size */
1406   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1407   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1408   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1409 
1410   /* The page size */
1411   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1412 
1413   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1414   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1415   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1416   ** take the performance hit.
1417   */
1418   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1419          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1420 
1421   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1422   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1423   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1424   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1425   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1426   **
1427   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1428   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1429   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1430   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1431   ** is done.
1432   **
1433   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1434   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1435   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1436   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1437   */
1438   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1439     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1440     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1441     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1442     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1443   }
1444 
1445   return rc;
1446 }
1447 
1448 /*
1449 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1450 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1451 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1452 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1453 ** a description of the journal header format.
1454 **
1455 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1456 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1457 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1458 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1459 ** in this case.
1460 **
1461 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1462 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1463 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1464 */
1465 static int readJournalHdr(
1466   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1467   int isHot,
1468   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1469   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1470   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1471 ){
1472   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1473   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1474   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1475 
1476   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1477 
1478   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1479   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1480   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1481   */
1482   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1483   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1484     return SQLITE_DONE;
1485   }
1486   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1487 
1488   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1489   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1490   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1491   ** proceed.
1492   */
1493   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1494     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1495     if( rc ){
1496       return rc;
1497     }
1498     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1499       return SQLITE_DONE;
1500     }
1501   }
1502 
1503   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1504   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1505   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1506   */
1507   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1508    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1509    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1510   ){
1511     return rc;
1512   }
1513 
1514   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1515     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1516     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1517 
1518     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1519     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1520      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1521     ){
1522       return rc;
1523     }
1524 
1525     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1526     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1527     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1528     */
1529     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1530       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1531     }
1532 
1533     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1534     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1535     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1536     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1537     */
1538     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1539      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1540      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1541     ){
1542       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1543       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1544       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1545       ** the journal file here.
1546       */
1547       return SQLITE_DONE;
1548     }
1549 
1550     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1551     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1552     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1553     */
1554     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1555     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1556 
1557     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1558     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1559     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1560     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1561     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1562     */
1563     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1564   }
1565 
1566   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1567   return rc;
1568 }
1569 
1570 
1571 /*
1572 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1573 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1574 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1575 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1576 ** anything is written. The format is:
1577 **
1578 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1579 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1580 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1581 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1582 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1583 **
1584 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1585 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1586 **
1587 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1588 ** this call is a no-op.
1589 */
1590 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1591   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1592   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1593   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1594   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1595   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1596 
1597   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1598   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1599 
1600   if( !zMaster
1601    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1602    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
1603   ){
1604     return SQLITE_OK;
1605   }
1606   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1607   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1608   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1609 
1610   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1611   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1612     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1613   }
1614 
1615   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1616   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1617   ** the journal has already been synced.
1618   */
1619   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1620     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1621   }
1622   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1623 
1624   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1625   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1626   */
1627   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1628    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1629    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1630    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1631    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1632   ){
1633     return rc;
1634   }
1635   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1636 
1637   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1638   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1639   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1640   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1641   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1642   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1643   **
1644   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1645   ** file to the required size.
1646   */
1647   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1648    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1649   ){
1650     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1651   }
1652   return rc;
1653 }
1654 
1655 /*
1656 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
1657 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not
1658 ** already in memory.
1659 */
1660 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1661   PgHdr *p;                         /* Return value */
1662 
1663   /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
1664   ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
1665   */
1666   (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
1667   return p;
1668 }
1669 
1670 /*
1671 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1672 */
1673 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1674   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1675   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1676 }
1677 
1678 /*
1679 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1680 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1681 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1682 */
1683 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1684   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1685   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1686     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1687   }
1688   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1689     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1690   }
1691   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1692   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1693   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1694   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1695 }
1696 
1697 /*
1698 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1699 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1700 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1701 */
1702 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1703   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1704   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1705 
1706   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1707     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1708     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1709       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1710       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1711       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1712     }
1713   }
1714   return rc;
1715 }
1716 
1717 /*
1718 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1719 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1720 ** state.
1721 **
1722 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1723 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1724 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1725 ** closed (if it is open).
1726 **
1727 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1728 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1729 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1730 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1731 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1732 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1733 */
1734 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1735 
1736   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1737        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1738        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1739   );
1740 
1741   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1742   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1743   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1744 
1745   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1746     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1747     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1748     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1749   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1750     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1751     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1752 
1753     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1754     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1755     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1756     ** out from under us.
1757     */
1758     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1759     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1760     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1761     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1762     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1763     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1764     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1765      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1766     ){
1767       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1768     }
1769 
1770     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1771     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1772     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1773     ** is necessary.
1774     */
1775     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1776     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1777       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1778     }
1779 
1780     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1781     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1782     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1783     */
1784     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1785     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1786     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1787   }
1788 
1789   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1790   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1791   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1792   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1793   */
1794   if( pPager->errCode ){
1795     assert( !MEMDB );
1796     pager_reset(pPager);
1797     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1798     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1799     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1800   }
1801 
1802   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1803   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1804   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1805 }
1806 
1807 /*
1808 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1809 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1810 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1811 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1812 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1813 **
1814 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1815 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1816 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1817 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1818 **
1819 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1820 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1821 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1822 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1823 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1824 ** it were a hot-journal).
1825 */
1826 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1827   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1828   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1829   assert(
1830        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1831        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1832        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1833   );
1834   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1835     pPager->errCode = rc;
1836     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1837   }
1838   return rc;
1839 }
1840 
1841 /*
1842 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1843 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1844 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1845 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1846 ** database transaction.
1847 **
1848 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1849 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1850 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1851 **
1852 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1853 **
1854 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1855 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1856 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1857 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1858 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1859 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1860 **
1861 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1862 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1863 **     in-memory journal.
1864 **
1865 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1866 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1867 **
1868 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1869 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1870 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1871 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1872 **
1873 **   journalMode==DELETE
1874 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1875 **
1876 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1877 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1878 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1879 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1880 **
1881 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1882 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1883 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1884 **
1885 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1886 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1887 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1888 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1889 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1890 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1891 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1892 ** returned.
1893 */
1894 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
1895   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1896   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1897 
1898   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1899   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1900   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1901   ** held under two circumstances:
1902   **
1903   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1904   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1905   **
1906   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1907   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1908   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1909   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1910   */
1911   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1912   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1913   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1914     return SQLITE_OK;
1915   }
1916 
1917   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1918   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1919   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1920     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1921 
1922     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1923     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1924       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1925       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1926     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1927       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1928         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1929       }else{
1930         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1931       }
1932       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1933     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1934       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1935     ){
1936       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1937       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1938     }else{
1939       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1940       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1941       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1942       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1943       */
1944       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1945            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1946            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1947       );
1948       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1949       if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1950         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
1951       }
1952     }
1953   }
1954 
1955 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1956   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
1957   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
1958     PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
1959     if( p ){
1960       p->pageHash = 0;
1961       sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
1962     }
1963   }
1964 #endif
1965 
1966   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1967   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1968   pPager->nRec = 0;
1969   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
1970   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
1971 
1972   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1973     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
1974     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
1975     ** lock held on the database file.
1976     */
1977     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1978     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
1979   }
1980   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
1981    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
1982   ){
1983     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
1984     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1985   }
1986   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
1987   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1988 
1989   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
1990 }
1991 
1992 /*
1993 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
1994 ** database file.
1995 **
1996 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
1997 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
1998 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
1999 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2000 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2001 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2002 ** will roll it back.
2003 **
2004 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2005 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2006 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2007 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2008 */
2009 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2010   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2011     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2012     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2013       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2014       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2015       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2016     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2017       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2018       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
2019     }
2020   }
2021   pager_unlock(pPager);
2022 }
2023 
2024 /*
2025 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2026 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2027 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2028 **
2029 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2030 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2031 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2032 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2033 **
2034 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2035 ** incompatible journal file format.
2036 **
2037 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2038 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2039 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2040 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2041 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2042 */
2043 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2044   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2045   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2046   while( i>0 ){
2047     cksum += aData[i];
2048     i -= 200;
2049   }
2050   return cksum;
2051 }
2052 
2053 /*
2054 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2055 ** to the codec.
2056 */
2057 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2058 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2059   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2060     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2061                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2062   }
2063 }
2064 #else
2065 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2066 #endif
2067 
2068 /*
2069 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2070 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2071 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2072 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2073 **
2074 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2075 ** not.
2076 **
2077 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2078 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2079 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2080 **
2081 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2082 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2083 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2084 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2085 ** prior to returning.
2086 **
2087 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2088 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2089 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2090 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2091 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2092 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2093 ** two circumstances:
2094 **
2095 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2096 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2097 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2098 **
2099 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2100 **
2101 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2102 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2103 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2104 */
2105 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2106   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2107   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2108   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2109   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2110   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2111 ){
2112   int rc;
2113   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2114   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2115   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2116   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2117   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2118   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2119 
2120   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2121   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2122   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2123   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2124 
2125   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2126   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2127   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2128 
2129   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2130   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2131   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2132   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2133   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2134   */
2135   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2136        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2137   );
2138   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2139 
2140   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2141   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2142   */
2143   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2144   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2145   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2146   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2147   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2148   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2149 
2150   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2151   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2152   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2153   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2154   */
2155   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2156     assert( !isSavepnt );
2157     return SQLITE_DONE;
2158   }
2159   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2160     return SQLITE_OK;
2161   }
2162   if( isMainJrnl ){
2163     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2164     if( rc ) return rc;
2165     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2166       return SQLITE_DONE;
2167     }
2168   }
2169 
2170   /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
2171   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2172   */
2173   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2174     return rc;
2175   }
2176 
2177   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2178   */
2179   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2180     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2181     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2182   }
2183 
2184   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2185   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2186   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2187   **
2188   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2189   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2190   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2191   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2192   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2193   ** assert()able.
2194   **
2195   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2196   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2197   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2198   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2199   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2200   **
2201   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2202   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2203   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2204   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2205   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2206   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2207   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2208   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2209   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2210   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2211   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2212   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2213   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2214   **
2215   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2216   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2217   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2218   */
2219   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2220     pPg = 0;
2221   }else{
2222     pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
2223   }
2224   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2225   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2226   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2227            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2228            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2229   ));
2230   if( isMainJrnl ){
2231     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2232   }else{
2233     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2234   }
2235   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2236    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2237    && isSynced
2238   ){
2239     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2240     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2241     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2242     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2243     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2244       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2245     }
2246     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2247       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2248       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2249       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2250     }
2251   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2252     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2253     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2254     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2255     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2256     ** current.
2257     **
2258     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2259     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2260     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2261     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2262     **
2263     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2264     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2265     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2266     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2267     */
2268     assert( isSavepnt );
2269     assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 );
2270     pPager->doNotSpill++;
2271     rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2272     assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 );
2273     pPager->doNotSpill--;
2274     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2275     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2276     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2277   }
2278   if( pPg ){
2279     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2280     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2281     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2282     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2283     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2284     */
2285     void *pData;
2286     pData = pPg->pData;
2287     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2288     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2289     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2290       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2291       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2292       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2293       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2294       ** database.
2295       **
2296       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2297       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2298       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2299       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2300       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2301       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2302       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2303       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2304       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2305       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2306       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2307       ** database corruption may ensue.
2308       */
2309       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2310       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2311     }
2312     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2313 
2314     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2315     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2316     if( pgno==1 ){
2317       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2318     }
2319 
2320     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2321     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2322     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2323   }
2324   return rc;
2325 }
2326 
2327 /*
2328 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2329 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2330 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2331 ** and does so if it is.
2332 **
2333 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2334 ** available for use within this function.
2335 **
2336 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2337 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2338 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2339 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2340 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2341 **
2342 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2343 **
2344 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2345 ** journals have been rolled back.
2346 **
2347 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2348 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2349 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2350 **
2351 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2352 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2353 **     file zMaster
2354 **
2355 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2356 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2357 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2358 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2359 **
2360 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2361 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2362 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2363 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2364 **
2365 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2366 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2367 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2368 ** size.
2369 */
2370 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2371   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2372   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2373   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2374   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2375   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2376   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2377   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2378   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2379   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2380 
2381   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2382   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2383   */
2384   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2385   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2386   if( !pMaster ){
2387     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2388   }else{
2389     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2390     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2391   }
2392   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2393 
2394   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2395   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2396   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2397   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2398   */
2399   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2400   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2401   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2402   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2403   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2404     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2405     goto delmaster_out;
2406   }
2407   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2408   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2409   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2410   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2411 
2412   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2413   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2414     int exists;
2415     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2416     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2417       goto delmaster_out;
2418     }
2419     if( exists ){
2420       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2421       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2422       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2423       */
2424       int c;
2425       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2426       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2427       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2428         goto delmaster_out;
2429       }
2430 
2431       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2432       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2433       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2434         goto delmaster_out;
2435       }
2436 
2437       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2438       if( c ){
2439         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2440         goto delmaster_out;
2441       }
2442     }
2443     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2444   }
2445 
2446   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2447   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2448 
2449 delmaster_out:
2450   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2451   if( pMaster ){
2452     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2453     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2454     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2455   }
2456   return rc;
2457 }
2458 
2459 
2460 /*
2461 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2462 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2463 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2464 **
2465 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2466 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2467 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2468 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2469 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2470 **
2471 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2472 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2473 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2474 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2475 ** the end of the new file instead.
2476 **
2477 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2478 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2479 */
2480 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2481   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2482   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2483   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2484 
2485   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2486    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2487   ){
2488     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2489     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2490     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2491     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2492     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2493     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2494     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2495       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2496         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2497       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2498         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2499         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2500         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2501         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2502         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2503       }
2504       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2505         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2506       }
2507     }
2508   }
2509   return rc;
2510 }
2511 
2512 /*
2513 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2514 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2515 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used
2516 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2517 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2518 **
2519 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2520 **
2521 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2522 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2523 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2524 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2525 **
2526 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2527 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2528 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2529 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2530 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2531 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2532 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2533 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2534 */
2535 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2536   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2537 
2538   if( pPager->tempFile
2539    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2540               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2541   ){
2542     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2543     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2544     ** call will segfault. */
2545     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2546   }else{
2547     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
2548     if( pPager->sectorSize<32 ){
2549       pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2550     }
2551     if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2552       assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2553       pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2554     }
2555   }
2556 }
2557 
2558 /*
2559 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2560 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2561 **
2562 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2563 **
2564 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2565 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2566 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2567 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2568 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2569 **       sanity checksum.
2570 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2571 **       database to during a rollback.
2572 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2573 **       is this many bytes in size.
2574 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2575 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2576 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2577 **        +  4 byte page number.
2578 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2579 **        +  4 byte checksum
2580 **
2581 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2582 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2583 **
2584 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2585 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2586 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2587 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2588 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2589 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2590 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2591 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2592 **
2593 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2594 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2595 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2596 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2597 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2598 **
2599 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2600 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2601 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2602 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2603 ** been encountered.
2604 **
2605 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2606 ** and an error code is returned.
2607 **
2608 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2609 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2610 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2611 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2612 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2613 ** needed.
2614 */
2615 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2616   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2617   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2618   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2619   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2620   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2621   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2622   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2623   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2624   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2625 
2626   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2627   ** the journal is empty.
2628   */
2629   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2630   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2631   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2632     goto end_playback;
2633   }
2634 
2635   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2636   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2637   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2638   ** played back.
2639   **
2640   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2641   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2642   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2643   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2644   ** for pageSize.
2645   */
2646   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2647   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2648   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2649     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2650   }
2651   zMaster = 0;
2652   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2653     goto end_playback;
2654   }
2655   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2656   needPagerReset = isHot;
2657 
2658   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2659   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2660   ** occurs.
2661   */
2662   while( 1 ){
2663     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2664     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2665     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2666     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2667     */
2668     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2669     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2670       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2671         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2672       }
2673       goto end_playback;
2674     }
2675 
2676     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2677     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2678     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2679     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2680     */
2681     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2682       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2683       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2684     }
2685 
2686     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2687     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2688     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2689     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2690     ** size of the file.
2691     **
2692     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2693     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2694     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2695     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2696     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2697     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2698     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2699     */
2700     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2701         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2702       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2703     }
2704 
2705     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2706     ** database file back to its original size.
2707     */
2708     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2709       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2710       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2711         goto end_playback;
2712       }
2713       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2714     }
2715 
2716     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2717     ** database file and/or page cache.
2718     */
2719     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2720       if( needPagerReset ){
2721         pager_reset(pPager);
2722         needPagerReset = 0;
2723       }
2724       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2725       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2726         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2727           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2728           break;
2729         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2730           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2731           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2732           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2733           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2734           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2735           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2736           goto end_playback;
2737         }else{
2738           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2739           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2740           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2741           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2742           */
2743           goto end_playback;
2744         }
2745       }
2746     }
2747   }
2748   /*NOTREACHED*/
2749   assert( 0 );
2750 
2751 end_playback:
2752   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2753   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2754   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2755   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2756   */
2757 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2758   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2759     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2760   }
2761 #endif
2762 
2763   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2764   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2765   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2766   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2767   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2768   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2769   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2770   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2771   */
2772   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2773 
2774   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2775     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2776     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2777     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2778   }
2779   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2780    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2781   ){
2782     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
2783   }
2784   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2785     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
2786     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2787   }
2788   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2789     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2790     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2791     */
2792     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2793     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2794   }
2795 
2796   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2797   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2798   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2799   */
2800   setSectorSize(pPager);
2801   return rc;
2802 }
2803 
2804 
2805 /*
2806 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2807 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2808 ** file before this function is called.
2809 **
2810 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2811 ** the value read from the database file.
2812 **
2813 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2814 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2815 */
2816 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
2817   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2818   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2819   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2820   int isInWal = 0;             /* True if page is in log file */
2821   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2822 
2823   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2824   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2825 
2826   if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
2827     assert( pPager->tempFile );
2828     memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
2829     return SQLITE_OK;
2830   }
2831 
2832   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2833     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2834     rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2835   }
2836   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){
2837     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2838     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2839     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2840       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2841     }
2842   }
2843 
2844   if( pgno==1 ){
2845     if( rc ){
2846       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2847       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2848       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2849       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2850       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2851       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2852       **
2853       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2854       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2855       ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2856       ** we should still be ok.
2857       */
2858       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2859     }else{
2860       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2861       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2862     }
2863   }
2864   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2865 
2866   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2867   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2868   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2869   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2870                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2871 
2872   return rc;
2873 }
2874 
2875 /*
2876 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2877 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2878 **
2879 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2880 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2881 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2882 */
2883 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2884   u32 change_counter;
2885 
2886   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2887   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2888   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2889 
2890   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2891   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2892   ** is valid. */
2893   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2894   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2895 }
2896 
2897 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2898 /*
2899 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2900 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2901 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2902 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2903 **
2904 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2905 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2906 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2907 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2908 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2909 */
2910 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
2911   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2912   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
2913   PgHdr *pPg;
2914 
2915   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
2916   if( pPg ){
2917     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
2918       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
2919     }else{
2920       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
2921       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2922         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2923       }
2924       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
2925     }
2926   }
2927 
2928   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
2929   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
2930   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
2931   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
2932   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
2933   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
2934   ** the backups must be restarted.
2935   */
2936   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
2937 
2938   return rc;
2939 }
2940 
2941 /*
2942 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
2943 */
2944 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
2945   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
2946   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
2947 
2948   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
2949   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
2950   ** following:
2951   **
2952   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
2953   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
2954   */
2955   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
2956   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
2957   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
2958   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2959     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
2960     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
2961     pList = pNext;
2962   }
2963 
2964   return rc;
2965 }
2966 
2967 /*
2968 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
2969 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
2970 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
2971 ** changed.
2972 **
2973 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
2974 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
2975 */
2976 static int pagerWalFrames(
2977   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
2978   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
2979   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
2980   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
2981 ){
2982   int rc;                         /* Return code */
2983   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
2984 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
2985   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
2986 #endif
2987 
2988   assert( pPager->pWal );
2989   assert( pList );
2990 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2991   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
2992   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
2993     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
2994   }
2995 #endif
2996 
2997   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
2998   if( isCommit ){
2999     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3000     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3001     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3002     ** list here. */
3003     PgHdr *p;
3004     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3005     nList = 0;
3006     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3007       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3008         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3009         nList++;
3010       }
3011     }
3012     assert( pList );
3013   }else{
3014     nList = 1;
3015   }
3016   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3017 
3018   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3019   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3020       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3021   );
3022   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3023     PgHdr *p;
3024     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3025       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3026     }
3027   }
3028 
3029 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3030   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3031   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3032     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3033   }
3034 #endif
3035 
3036   return rc;
3037 }
3038 
3039 /*
3040 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3041 **
3042 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3043 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3044 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3045 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3046 */
3047 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3048   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3049   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3050 
3051   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3052   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3053 
3054   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3055   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3056   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3057   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3058   */
3059   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3060 
3061   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3062   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3063     pager_reset(pPager);
3064   }
3065 
3066   return rc;
3067 }
3068 #endif
3069 
3070 /*
3071 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3072 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3073 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3074 **
3075 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3076 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3077 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3078 */
3079 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3080   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3081 
3082   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3083   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3084   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3085   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3086   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3087   */
3088   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3089   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3090   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3091 
3092   /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
3093   ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
3094   ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
3095   ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
3096   ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
3097   */
3098   if( nPage==0 ){
3099     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3100     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3101     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3102       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3103       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3104         return rc;
3105       }
3106     }
3107     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3108   }
3109 
3110   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3111   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3112   ** that the file can be read.
3113   */
3114   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3115     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3116   }
3117 
3118   *pnPage = nPage;
3119   return SQLITE_OK;
3120 }
3121 
3122 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3123 /*
3124 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3125 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3126 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3127 **
3128 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3129 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3130 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3131 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3132 **
3133 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3134 **
3135 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3136 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3137 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3138 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3139 ** other connection.
3140 */
3141 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3142   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3143   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3144   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3145 
3146   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3147     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3148     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3149 
3150     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3151     if( rc ) return rc;
3152     if( nPage==0 ){
3153       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3154       isWal = 0;
3155     }else{
3156       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3157           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3158       );
3159     }
3160     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3161       if( isWal ){
3162         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3163         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3164       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3165         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3166       }
3167     }
3168   }
3169   return rc;
3170 }
3171 #endif
3172 
3173 /*
3174 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3175 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3176 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3177 ** savepoint.
3178 **
3179 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3180 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3181 ** performed in the order specified:
3182 **
3183 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3184 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3185 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3186 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3187 **
3188 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3189 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3190 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3191 **
3192 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3193 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3194 **     the journal file.
3195 **
3196 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3197 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3198 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3199 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3200 **
3201 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3202 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3203 **
3204 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3205 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3206 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3207 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3208 */
3209 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3210   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3211   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3212   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3213   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3214 
3215   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3216   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3217 
3218   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3219   if( pSavepoint ){
3220     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3221     if( !pDone ){
3222       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3223     }
3224   }
3225 
3226   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3227   ** being reverted was opened.
3228   */
3229   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3230   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3231 
3232   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3233     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3234   }
3235 
3236   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3237   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3238   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3239   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3240   */
3241   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3242   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3243 
3244   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3245   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3246   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3247   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3248   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3249   ** are played back.
3250   */
3251   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3252     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3253     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3254     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3255       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3256     }
3257     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3258   }else{
3259     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3260   }
3261 
3262   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3263   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3264   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3265   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3266   */
3267   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3268     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3269     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3270     u32 dummy;
3271     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3272     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3273 
3274     /*
3275     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3276     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3277     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3278     */
3279     if( nJRec==0
3280      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3281     ){
3282       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3283     }
3284     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3285       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3286     }
3287     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3288   }
3289   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3290 
3291   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3292   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3293   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3294   */
3295   if( pSavepoint ){
3296     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3297     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3298 
3299     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3300       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3301     }
3302     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3303       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3304       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3305     }
3306     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3307   }
3308 
3309   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3310   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3311     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3312   }
3313 
3314   return rc;
3315 }
3316 
3317 /*
3318 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
3319 */
3320 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3321   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3322 }
3323 
3324 /*
3325 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3326 */
3327 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3328   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3329 }
3330 
3331 /*
3332 ** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
3333 ** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
3334 ** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
3335 **
3336 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3337 **              for temporary and transient files.
3338 **
3339 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3340 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3341 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3342 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3343 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3344 **              when it is rolled back.
3345 **
3346 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3347 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3348 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3349 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3350 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3351 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3352 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3353 **
3354 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3355 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3356 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3357 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3358 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3359 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3360 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3361 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3362 **
3363 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3364 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3365 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3366 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3367 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3368 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3369 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3370 **
3371 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3372 ** and FULL=3.
3373 */
3374 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3375 void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(
3376   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3377   int level,            /* PRAGMA synchronous.  1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
3378   int bFullFsync,       /* PRAGMA fullfsync */
3379   int bCkptFullFsync    /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */
3380 ){
3381   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
3382   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3383   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3384   if( pPager->noSync ){
3385     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3386     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3387   }else if( bFullFsync ){
3388     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3389     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3390   }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){
3391     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3392     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3393   }else{
3394     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3395     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3396   }
3397   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3398   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3399     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3400   }
3401 }
3402 #endif
3403 
3404 /*
3405 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3406 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3407 ** testing and analysis only.
3408 */
3409 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3410 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3411 #endif
3412 
3413 /*
3414 ** Open a temporary file.
3415 **
3416 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3417 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3418 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3419 **
3420 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3421 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3422 **
3423 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3424 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3425 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3426 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3427 */
3428 static int pagerOpentemp(
3429   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3430   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3431   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3432 ){
3433   int rc;               /* Return code */
3434 
3435 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3436   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3437 #endif
3438 
3439   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3440             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3441   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3442   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3443   return rc;
3444 }
3445 
3446 /*
3447 ** Set the busy handler function.
3448 **
3449 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3450 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3451 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3452 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3453 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3454 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3455 **
3456 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3457 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3458 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3459 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3460 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3461 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3462 **
3463 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3464 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3465 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3466 */
3467 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3468   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3469   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3470   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3471 ){
3472   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3473   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3474 }
3475 
3476 /*
3477 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3478 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3479 **
3480 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3481 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3482 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3483 **
3484 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3485 **
3486 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3487 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3488 **
3489 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3490 **
3491 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3492 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3493 **
3494 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3495 **
3496 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3497 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3498 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3499 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3500 **
3501 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3502 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3503 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3504 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3505 */
3506 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3507   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3508 
3509   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3510   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3511   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3512   **
3513   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3514   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3515   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3516   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3517   */
3518 
3519   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3520   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3521   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3522    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3523    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3524   ){
3525     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3526     i64 nByte = 0;
3527 
3528     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3529       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3530     }
3531     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3532       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3533       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3534     }
3535 
3536     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3537       pager_reset(pPager);
3538       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3539       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3540       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3541       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3542       sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3543     }
3544   }
3545 
3546   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3547   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3548     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3549     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3550     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3551     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3552   }
3553   return rc;
3554 }
3555 
3556 /*
3557 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3558 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3559 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3560 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3561 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3562 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3563 */
3564 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3565   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3566 }
3567 
3568 /*
3569 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3570 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3571 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3572 **
3573 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3574 */
3575 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3576   if( mxPage>0 ){
3577     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3578   }
3579   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3580   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3581   return pPager->mxPgno;
3582 }
3583 
3584 /*
3585 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3586 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3587 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3588 **
3589 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3590 ** and generate no code.
3591 */
3592 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3593 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3594 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3595 static int saved_cnt;
3596 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3597   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3598   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3599 }
3600 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3601   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3602 }
3603 #else
3604 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3605 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3606 #endif
3607 
3608 /*
3609 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3610 ** that pDest points to.
3611 **
3612 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3613 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3614 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3615 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3616 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3617 **
3618 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3619 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3620 ** output buffer undefined.
3621 */
3622 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3623   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3624   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3625   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3626 
3627   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3628   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3629   ** to WAL mode yet.
3630   */
3631   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3632 
3633   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3634     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3635     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3636     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3637       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3638     }
3639   }
3640   return rc;
3641 }
3642 
3643 /*
3644 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3645 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3646 **
3647 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3648 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3649 */
3650 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3651   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3652   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3653   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3654 }
3655 
3656 
3657 /*
3658 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3659 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3660 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3661 **
3662 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3663 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3664 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3665 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3666 **
3667 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3668 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3669 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3670 */
3671 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3672   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3673 
3674   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3675   ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
3676   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3677   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3678   */
3679   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3680        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3681        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3682   );
3683 
3684   do {
3685     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3686   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3687   return rc;
3688 }
3689 
3690 /*
3691 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3692 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3693 **
3694 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3695 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3696 **
3697 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3698 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3699 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3700 **
3701 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3702 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3703 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3704 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3705 ** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current
3706 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3707 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3708 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3709 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3710 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3711 */
3712 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3713 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3714   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3715   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3716 }
3717 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3718   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3719 }
3720 #else
3721 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3722 #endif
3723 
3724 /*
3725 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3726 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3727 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3728 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3729 */
3730 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3731   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3732   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3733   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3734   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
3735 }
3736 
3737 
3738 /*
3739 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3740 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3741 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3742 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3743 **
3744 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3745 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3746 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3747 ** content as this process.
3748 **
3749 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3750 ** an SQLite error code.
3751 */
3752 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3753   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3754   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3755     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3756   }
3757   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3758     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3759   }
3760   return rc;
3761 }
3762 
3763 /*
3764 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
3765 **
3766 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
3767 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
3768 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
3769 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
3770 ** result in a coredump.
3771 **
3772 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
3773 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
3774 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
3775 ** to the caller.
3776 */
3777 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
3778   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
3779 
3780   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3781   disable_simulated_io_errors();
3782   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
3783   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
3784   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
3785 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3786   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
3787   pPager->pWal = 0;
3788 #endif
3789   pager_reset(pPager);
3790   if( MEMDB ){
3791     pager_unlock(pPager);
3792   }else{
3793     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
3794     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
3795     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
3796     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
3797     **
3798     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
3799     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
3800     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
3801     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
3802     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
3803     */
3804     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
3805       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
3806     }
3807     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
3808   }
3809   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
3810   enable_simulated_io_errors();
3811   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
3812   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
3813   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
3814   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
3815   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
3816   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
3817 
3818 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
3819   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
3820 #endif
3821 
3822   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
3823   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
3824 
3825   sqlite3_free(pPager);
3826   return SQLITE_OK;
3827 }
3828 
3829 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
3830 /*
3831 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
3832 */
3833 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
3834   return pPg->pgno;
3835 }
3836 #endif
3837 
3838 /*
3839 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
3840 */
3841 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
3842   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
3843 }
3844 
3845 /*
3846 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
3847 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
3848 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
3849 **
3850 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
3851 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
3852 ** device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
3853 **
3854 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
3855 **     be taken.
3856 **
3857 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
3858 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
3859 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
3860 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
3861 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
3862 **
3863 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
3864 **     journal file is synced.
3865 **
3866 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
3867 **
3868 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
3869 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
3870 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
3871 **       <update nRec field>
3872 **     }
3873 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
3874 **   }
3875 **
3876 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
3877 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
3878 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
3879 */
3880 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
3881   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3882 
3883   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
3884        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
3885   );
3886   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3887   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3888 
3889   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
3890   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3891 
3892   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3893     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
3894     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
3895       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
3896       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
3897 
3898       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
3899         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
3900         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
3901         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
3902         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
3903         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
3904         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
3905         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
3906         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
3907         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
3908         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
3909         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
3910         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
3911         **
3912         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
3913         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
3914         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
3915         **
3916         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
3917         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
3918         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
3919         ** the potential journal header.
3920         */
3921         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
3922         u8 aMagic[8];
3923         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
3924 
3925         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
3926         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
3927 
3928         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
3929         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
3930         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
3931           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
3932           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
3933         }
3934         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3935           return rc;
3936         }
3937 
3938         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
3939         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
3940         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
3941         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
3942         **
3943         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
3944         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
3945         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
3946         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
3947         ** and never needs to be updated.
3948         */
3949         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
3950           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
3951           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
3952           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
3953           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3954         }
3955         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
3956         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
3957             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
3958         );
3959         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3960       }
3961       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
3962         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
3963         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
3964         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
3965           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
3966         );
3967         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3968       }
3969 
3970       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
3971       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
3972         pPager->nRec = 0;
3973         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
3974         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
3975       }
3976     }else{
3977       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
3978     }
3979   }
3980 
3981   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
3982   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
3983   ** all pages.
3984   */
3985   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
3986   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
3987   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3988   return SQLITE_OK;
3989 }
3990 
3991 /*
3992 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
3993 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
3994 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
3995 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
3996 ** a no-op.
3997 **
3998 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
3999 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4000 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4001 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4002 **
4003 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4004 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4005 ** written out.
4006 **
4007 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4008 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4009 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4010 **
4011 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4012 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4013 **
4014 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4015 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4016 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4017 ** the database file.
4018 **
4019 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4020 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4021 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4022 */
4023 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4024   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4025 
4026   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4027   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4028   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4029   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4030 
4031   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4032   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4033   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4034   */
4035   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4036     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4037     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4038   }
4039 
4040   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4041   ** file size will be.
4042   */
4043   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4044   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){
4045     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4046     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4047     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4048   }
4049 
4050   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4051     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4052 
4053     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4054     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4055     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4056     ** any such pages to the file.
4057     **
4058     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4059     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4060     */
4061     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4062       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4063       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4064 
4065       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4066       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4067 
4068       /* Encode the database */
4069       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4070 
4071       /* Write out the page data. */
4072       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4073 
4074       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4075       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4076       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4077       */
4078       if( pgno==1 ){
4079         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4080       }
4081       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4082         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4083       }
4084       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4085 
4086       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4087       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4088 
4089       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4090                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4091       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4092       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4093     }else{
4094       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4095     }
4096     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4097     pList = pList->pDirty;
4098   }
4099 
4100   return rc;
4101 }
4102 
4103 /*
4104 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4105 ** function is a no-op.
4106 **
4107 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4108 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4109 ** fails.
4110 */
4111 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4112   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4113   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4114     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4115       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4116     }else{
4117       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4118     }
4119   }
4120   return rc;
4121 }
4122 
4123 /*
4124 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4125 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
4126 ** that it is really required before calling this function.
4127 **
4128 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4129 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4130 **
4131 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4132 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4133 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4134 ** bitvec.
4135 */
4136 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4137   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4138   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4139   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4140 
4141     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4142     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4143     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4144     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4145     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4146          || pageInJournal(pPg)
4147          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4148     );
4149     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4150 
4151     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4152     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4153     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4154       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4155       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4156       char *pData2;
4157 
4158       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4159       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4160       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4161       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4162         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4163       }
4164     }
4165   }
4166   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4167     pPager->nSubRec++;
4168     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4169     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4170   }
4171   return rc;
4172 }
4173 
4174 /*
4175 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4176 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4177 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4178 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4179 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4180 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4181 ** argument.
4182 **
4183 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4184 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4185 ** journal file.
4186 **
4187 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4188 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4189 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4190 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4191 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4192 */
4193 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4194   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4195   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4196 
4197   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4198   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4199 
4200   /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of
4201   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4202   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4203   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4204   **
4205   ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether
4206   ** or not a sync is required.  This is set during a rollback.
4207   **
4208   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4209   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it
4210   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
4211   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4212   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4213   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4214   */
4215   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4216   if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
4217   if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
4218     return SQLITE_OK;
4219   }
4220 
4221   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4222   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4223     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4224     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4225       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4226     }
4227     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4228       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4229     }
4230   }else{
4231 
4232     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4233     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4234      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4235     ){
4236       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4237     }
4238 
4239     /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
4240     ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
4241     ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
4242     ** actually write data to the file in this case.
4243     **
4244     ** Consider the following sequence of events:
4245     **
4246     **   BEGIN;
4247     **     <journal page X>
4248     **     <modify page X>
4249     **     SAVEPOINT sp;
4250     **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
4251     **       pagerStress(page X)
4252     **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
4253     **
4254     ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
4255     ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
4256     ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
4257     ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
4258     ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
4259     ** was executed.
4260     **
4261     ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
4262     ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
4263     ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
4264     ** executed.
4265     */
4266     if( NEVER(
4267         rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
4268     ) ){
4269       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4270     }
4271 
4272     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4273     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4274       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4275       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4276     }
4277   }
4278 
4279   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4280   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4281     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4282     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4283   }
4284 
4285   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4286 }
4287 
4288 
4289 /*
4290 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4291 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4292 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4293 **
4294 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4295 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4296 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4297 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4298 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4299 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4300 **
4301 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4302 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4303 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4304 **
4305 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4306 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4307 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4308 **
4309 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4310 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4311 **
4312 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4313 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4314 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4315 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4316 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4317 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4318 */
4319 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4320   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4321   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4322   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4323   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4324   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4325   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4326   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4327 ){
4328   u8 *pPtr;
4329   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4330   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4331   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4332   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4333   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4334   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4335   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4336   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4337   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4338   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4339   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4340   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4341   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4342 
4343   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4344   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4345   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4346   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4347   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4348   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4349   ** source file journal.c).
4350   */
4351   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4352     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4353   }else{
4354     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4355   }
4356 
4357   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4358   *ppPager = 0;
4359 
4360 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4361   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4362     memDb = 1;
4363     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4364       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4365       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4366       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4367       zFilename = 0;
4368     }
4369   }
4370 #endif
4371 
4372   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4373   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4374   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4375   */
4376   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4377     const char *z;
4378     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4379     zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
4380     if( zPathname==0 ){
4381       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4382     }
4383     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4384     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4385     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4386     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4387     while( *z ){
4388       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4389       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4390     }
4391     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4392     assert( nUri>=0 );
4393     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4394       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4395       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4396       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4397       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4398       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4399       */
4400       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4401     }
4402     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4403       sqlite3_free(zPathname);
4404       return rc;
4405     }
4406   }
4407 
4408   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4409   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4410   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4411   **
4412   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4413   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4414   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4415   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4416   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4417   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4418   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4419   */
4420   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4421     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4422     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4423     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4424     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4425     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4426     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4427 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4428     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4429 #endif
4430   );
4431   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4432   if( !pPtr ){
4433     sqlite3_free(zPathname);
4434     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4435   }
4436   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4437   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4438   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4439   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4440   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4441   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4442   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4443 
4444   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4445   if( zPathname ){
4446     assert( nPathname>0 );
4447     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4448     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4449     memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4450     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4451     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+1);
4452     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4453 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4454     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4455     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4456     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4457     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4458 #endif
4459     sqlite3_free(zPathname);
4460   }
4461   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4462   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4463 
4464   /* Open the pager file.
4465   */
4466   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4467     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4468     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4469     assert( !memDb );
4470     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4471 
4472     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4473     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4474     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4475     **
4476     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4477     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4478     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4479     */
4480     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
4481       setSectorSize(pPager);
4482       assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4483       if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4484         if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4485           szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4486         }else{
4487           szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4488         }
4489       }
4490 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4491       {
4492         int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4493         int ii;
4494         assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4495         assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4496         assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4497         for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4498           if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4499             szPageDflt = ii;
4500           }
4501         }
4502       }
4503 #endif
4504     }
4505   }else{
4506     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4507     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4508     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4509     **
4510     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4511     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4512     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4513     */
4514     tempFile = 1;
4515     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
4516     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
4517     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4518   }
4519 
4520   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4521   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4522   */
4523   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4524     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4525     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4526     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4527   }
4528 
4529   /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the
4530   ** Pager structure and close the file.
4531   */
4532   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4533     assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
4534     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4535     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4536     return rc;
4537   }
4538 
4539   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4540   assert( nExtra<1000 );
4541   nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4542   sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4543                     !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4544 
4545   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4546   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4547 
4548   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4549   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4550   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4551   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4552   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4553   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4554   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4555   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4556   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4557 #if 0
4558   assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
4559 #endif
4560   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4561   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4562   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4563           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4564   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4565   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4566   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4567   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4568   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4569   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4570   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4571   if( pPager->noSync ){
4572     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4573     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4574     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4575     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4576   }else{
4577     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4578     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4579     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4580     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4581   }
4582   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4583   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4584   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4585   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4586   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4587   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4588   setSectorSize(pPager);
4589   if( !useJournal ){
4590     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4591   }else if( memDb ){
4592     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4593   }
4594   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4595   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4596   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4597   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4598 
4599   *ppPager = pPager;
4600   return SQLITE_OK;
4601 }
4602 
4603 
4604 
4605 /*
4606 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4607 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4608 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4609 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4610 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4611 **
4612 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4613 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4614 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4615 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4616 **
4617 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4618 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4619 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4620 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4621 ** is returned.
4622 **
4623 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4624 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4625 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4626 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4627 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4628 ** will not roll it back.
4629 **
4630 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4631 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4632 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4633 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4634 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4635 */
4636 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4637   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4638   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4639   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4640   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4641 
4642   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4643   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4644   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4645 
4646   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4647     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4648   ));
4649 
4650   *pExists = 0;
4651   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4652     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4653   }
4654   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4655     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4656 
4657     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4658     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4659     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4660     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4661     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4662     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4663     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4664     */
4665     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4666     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4667       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4668 
4669       /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
4670       ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for
4671       ** the reasoning here.  Delete the obsolete journal file under
4672       ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
4673       ** [H33020].
4674       */
4675       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4676       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4677         if( nPage==0 ){
4678           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4679           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4680             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4681             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4682           }
4683           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4684         }else{
4685           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4686           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4687           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4688           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4689           ** it can be ignored.
4690           */
4691           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4692             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4693             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4694           }
4695           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4696             u8 first = 0;
4697             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4698             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4699               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4700             }
4701             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4702               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4703             }
4704             *pExists = (first!=0);
4705           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4706             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4707             ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4708             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4709             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4710             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4711             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4712             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4713             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4714             */
4715             *pExists = 1;
4716             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4717           }
4718         }
4719       }
4720     }
4721   }
4722 
4723   return rc;
4724 }
4725 
4726 /*
4727 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
4728 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
4729 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
4730 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
4731 **
4732 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
4733 **
4734 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
4735 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
4736 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
4737 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
4738 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
4739 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
4740 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
4741 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
4742 **
4743 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
4744 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
4745 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
4746 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
4747 **      file.
4748 **
4749 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4750 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
4751 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
4752 */
4753 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
4754   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
4755 
4756   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
4757   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
4758   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
4759   ** exclusive access mode.
4760   */
4761   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
4762   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4763   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
4764   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
4765 
4766   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
4767     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
4768 
4769     assert( !MEMDB );
4770 
4771     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4772     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4773       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
4774       goto failed;
4775     }
4776 
4777     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
4778     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
4779     */
4780     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
4781       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
4782     }
4783     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4784       goto failed;
4785     }
4786     if( bHotJournal ){
4787       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
4788       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
4789       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
4790       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
4791       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
4792       ** hot-journal back.
4793       **
4794       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
4795       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
4796       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
4797       ** on the database file.
4798       **
4799       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
4800       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
4801       */
4802       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
4803       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4804         goto failed;
4805       }
4806 
4807       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
4808       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
4809       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
4810       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
4811       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
4812       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
4813       **
4814       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
4815       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
4816       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
4817       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
4818       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
4819       */
4820       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4821         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4822         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
4823         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
4824             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
4825         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
4826           int fout = 0;
4827           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4828           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4829           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
4830           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4831           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
4832             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4833             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4834           }
4835         }
4836       }
4837 
4838       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
4839       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
4840       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
4841       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
4842       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
4843       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
4844       ** the journal before playing it back.
4845       */
4846       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4847         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
4848         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
4849         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4850           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
4851           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
4852         }
4853       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
4854         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4855       }
4856 
4857       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4858         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
4859         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
4860         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
4861         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
4862         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
4863         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
4864         **
4865         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
4866         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
4867         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
4868         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
4869         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
4870         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
4871         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
4872         ** references.
4873         */
4874         pager_error(pPager, rc);
4875         goto failed;
4876       }
4877 
4878       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4879       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
4880            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
4881       );
4882     }
4883 
4884     if( !pPager->tempFile
4885      && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0)
4886     ){
4887       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
4888       ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
4889       ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
4890       ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
4891       ** cache.
4892       **
4893       ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
4894       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
4895       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
4896       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
4897       ** a codec is in use.
4898       **
4899       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
4900       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
4901       ** it can be neglected.
4902       */
4903       Pgno nPage = 0;
4904       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
4905 
4906       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4907       if( rc ) goto failed;
4908 
4909       if( nPage>0 ){
4910         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
4911         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
4912         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4913           goto failed;
4914         }
4915       }else{
4916         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
4917       }
4918 
4919       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
4920         pager_reset(pPager);
4921       }
4922     }
4923 
4924     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
4925     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
4926     */
4927     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
4928 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4929     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
4930 #endif
4931   }
4932 
4933   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4934     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
4935     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
4936   }
4937 
4938   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4939     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
4940   }
4941 
4942  failed:
4943   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4944     assert( !MEMDB );
4945     pager_unlock(pPager);
4946     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4947   }else{
4948     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
4949   }
4950   return rc;
4951 }
4952 
4953 /*
4954 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
4955 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
4956 **
4957 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
4958 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
4959 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
4960 */
4961 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
4962   if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
4963     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4964   }
4965 }
4966 
4967 /*
4968 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
4969 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
4970 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
4971 **
4972 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
4973 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
4974 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
4975 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
4976 ** object with no outstanding references.
4977 **
4978 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
4979 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
4980 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
4981 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
4982 **
4983 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
4984 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
4985 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
4986 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
4987 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
4988 **
4989 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
4990 ** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios:
4991 **
4992 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
4993 **
4994 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
4995 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
4996 **      from the savepoint journal.
4997 **
4998 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
4999 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5000 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5001 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5002 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5003 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5004 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5005 **
5006 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5007 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5008 **
5009 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5010 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5011 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5012 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5013 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5014 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5015 ** or journal files.
5016 */
5017 int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
5018   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5019   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5020   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5021   int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
5022 ){
5023   int rc;
5024   PgHdr *pPg;
5025 
5026   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5027   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5028 
5029   if( pgno==0 ){
5030     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5031   }
5032 
5033   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5034   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5035   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5036     rc = pPager->errCode;
5037   }else{
5038     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
5039   }
5040 
5041   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5042     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5043     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5044     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5045     pPg = 0;
5046     goto pager_acquire_err;
5047   }
5048   assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
5049   assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
5050 
5051   if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
5052     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5053     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5054     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5055     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5056     return SQLITE_OK;
5057 
5058   }else{
5059     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5060     ** be initialized.  */
5061 
5062     pPg = *ppPage;
5063     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5064 
5065     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5066     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5067     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5068       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5069       goto pager_acquire_err;
5070     }
5071 
5072     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5073       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5074         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5075         goto pager_acquire_err;
5076       }
5077       if( noContent ){
5078         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5079         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5080         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5081         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5082         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5083         */
5084         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5085         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5086           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5087           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5088         }
5089         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5090         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5091         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5092       }
5093       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5094       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5095     }else{
5096       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5097       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5098       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5099       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5100         goto pager_acquire_err;
5101       }
5102     }
5103     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5104   }
5105 
5106   return SQLITE_OK;
5107 
5108 pager_acquire_err:
5109   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5110   if( pPg ){
5111     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5112   }
5113   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5114 
5115   *ppPage = 0;
5116   return rc;
5117 }
5118 
5119 /*
5120 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5121 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5122 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5123 **
5124 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5125 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5126 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5127 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5128 ** has ever happened.
5129 */
5130 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5131   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5132   assert( pPager!=0 );
5133   assert( pgno!=0 );
5134   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5135   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5136   sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
5137   return pPg;
5138 }
5139 
5140 /*
5141 ** Release a page reference.
5142 **
5143 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5144 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5145 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5146 ** removed.
5147 */
5148 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5149   if( pPg ){
5150     Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5151     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5152     pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5153   }
5154 }
5155 
5156 /*
5157 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5158 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5159 ** file when this routine is called.
5160 **
5161 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5162 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5163 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5164 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5165 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5166 **
5167 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5168 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5169 ** already open file.
5170 **
5171 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5172 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5173 **
5174 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5175 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5176 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5177 */
5178 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5179   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5180   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5181 
5182   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5183   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5184   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5185 
5186   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5187   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5188   ** an error state. */
5189   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5190 
5191   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5192     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5193     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5194       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5195     }
5196 
5197     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5198     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5199       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5200         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5201       }else{
5202         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5203           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5204           (pPager->tempFile ?
5205             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5206             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5207           );
5208   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5209         rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5210             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5211         );
5212   #else
5213         rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5214   #endif
5215       }
5216       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5217     }
5218 
5219 
5220     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5221     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5222     */
5223     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5224       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5225       pPager->nRec = 0;
5226       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5227       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5228       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5229       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5230     }
5231   }
5232 
5233   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5234     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5235     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5236   }else{
5237     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5238     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5239   }
5240 
5241   return rc;
5242 }
5243 
5244 /*
5245 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5246 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5247 **
5248 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5249 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5250 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5251 ** functions need be called.
5252 **
5253 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5254 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5255 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5256 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5257 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5258 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5259 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5260 */
5261 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5262   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5263 
5264   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5265   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5266   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5267 
5268   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5269     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5270 
5271     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5272       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5273       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5274       */
5275       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5276         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5277         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5278           return rc;
5279         }
5280         sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5281       }
5282 
5283       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5284       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5285       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5286       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5287       */
5288       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5289     }else{
5290       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5291       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5292       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5293       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5294       */
5295       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5296       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5297         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5298       }
5299     }
5300 
5301     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5302       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5303       **
5304       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5305       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5306       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5307       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5308       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5309       ** WAL mode.
5310       */
5311       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5312       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5313       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5314       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5315       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5316     }
5317 
5318     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5319     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5320     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5321   }
5322 
5323   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5324   return rc;
5325 }
5326 
5327 /*
5328 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5329 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5330 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5331 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5332 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5333 */
5334 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5335   void *pData = pPg->pData;
5336   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5337   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5338 
5339   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5340   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5341   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5342   */
5343   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5344        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5345        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5346   );
5347   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5348 
5349   /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error
5350   ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */
5351   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) )  return pPager->errCode;
5352 
5353   /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
5354   ** writable.  But check anyway, just for robustness. */
5355   if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
5356 
5357   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5358 
5359   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5360   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5361   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5362   **
5363   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5364   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5365   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5366   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5367   */
5368   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5369     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5370     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5371   }
5372   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5373   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5374 
5375   /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
5376   ** to the journal then we can return right away.
5377   */
5378   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5379   if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
5380     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
5381   }else{
5382 
5383     /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
5384     ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
5385     ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
5386     */
5387     if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5388       assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5389       if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5390         u32 cksum;
5391         char *pData2;
5392         i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5393 
5394         /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5395         ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5396         ** that we do not. */
5397         assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5398 
5399         assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5400         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5401         cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5402 
5403         /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5404         ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5405         ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5406         ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5407         ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5408         ** then corruption may follow.
5409         */
5410         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5411 
5412         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5413         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5414         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5415         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5416         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5417         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5418 
5419         IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5420                  pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5421         PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5422         PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5423              PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5424              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5425 
5426         pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5427         pPager->nRec++;
5428         assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5429         rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5430         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5431         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5432         rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5433         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5434           assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5435           return rc;
5436         }
5437       }else{
5438         if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5439           pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5440         }
5441         PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5442                 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5443                ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5444       }
5445     }
5446 
5447     /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5448     ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
5449     ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
5450     ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
5451     */
5452     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
5453       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
5454     }
5455   }
5456 
5457   /* Update the database size and return.
5458   */
5459   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5460     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5461   }
5462   return rc;
5463 }
5464 
5465 /*
5466 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5467 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5468 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5469 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5470 **
5471 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5472 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5473 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5474 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5475 **
5476 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5477 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5478 */
5479 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
5480   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5481 
5482   PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
5483   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5484   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5485 
5486   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5487   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5488   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5489 
5490   if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
5491     Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
5492     Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5493     int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5494     int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
5495     int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5496 
5497     /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5498     ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5499     ** this function.
5500     */
5501     assert( !MEMDB );
5502     assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 );
5503     pPager->doNotSyncSpill++;
5504 
5505     /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5506     ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5507     ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5508     */
5509     pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5510 
5511     nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5512     if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5513       nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5514     }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5515       nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5516     }else{
5517       nPage = nPagePerSector;
5518     }
5519     assert(nPage>0);
5520     assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5521     assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5522 
5523     for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5524       Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5525       PgHdr *pPage;
5526       if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5527         if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5528           rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
5529           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5530             rc = pager_write(pPage);
5531             if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5532               needSync = 1;
5533             }
5534             sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5535           }
5536         }
5537       }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5538         if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5539           needSync = 1;
5540         }
5541         sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5542       }
5543     }
5544 
5545     /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5546     ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5547     ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5548     ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5549     ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5550     */
5551     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5552       assert( !MEMDB );
5553       for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5554         PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5555         if( pPage ){
5556           pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5557           sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5558         }
5559       }
5560     }
5561 
5562     assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 );
5563     pPager->doNotSyncSpill--;
5564   }else{
5565     rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
5566   }
5567   return rc;
5568 }
5569 
5570 /*
5571 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5572 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5573 ** to change the content of the page.
5574 */
5575 #ifndef NDEBUG
5576 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5577   return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
5578 }
5579 #endif
5580 
5581 /*
5582 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5583 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5584 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5585 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5586 ** content no longer matters.
5587 **
5588 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5589 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5590 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5591 **
5592 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5593 ** DELETE operations.
5594 */
5595 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5596   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5597   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5598     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5599     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5600     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5601     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5602   }
5603 }
5604 
5605 /*
5606 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
5607 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
5608 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
5609 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
5610 **
5611 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
5612 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
5613 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
5614 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
5615 **
5616 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
5617 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
5618 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
5619 ** transaction is committed.
5620 **
5621 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
5622 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
5623 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
5624 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
5625 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
5626 */
5627 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
5628   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5629 
5630   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5631        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5632   );
5633   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5634 
5635   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
5636   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
5637   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
5638   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
5639   **
5640   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
5641   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
5642   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
5643   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
5644   */
5645 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5646 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
5647   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
5648   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
5649 #else
5650 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
5651 #endif
5652 
5653   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){
5654     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
5655 
5656     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5657 
5658     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
5659     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
5660     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5661 
5662     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
5663     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
5664     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
5665     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
5666     */
5667     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
5668       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
5669     }
5670 
5671     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5672       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
5673       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
5674 
5675       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
5676       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
5677         const void *zBuf;
5678         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
5679         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
5680         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5681           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
5682           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
5683         }
5684         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5685           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
5686         }
5687       }else{
5688         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
5689       }
5690     }
5691 
5692     /* Release the page reference. */
5693     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
5694   }
5695   return rc;
5696 }
5697 
5698 /*
5699 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
5700 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
5701 **
5702 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
5703 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
5704 */
5705 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
5706   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5707   if( !pPager->noSync ){
5708     assert( !MEMDB );
5709     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
5710   }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5711     assert( !MEMDB );
5712     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, 0);
5713     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
5714       rc = SQLITE_OK;
5715     }
5716   }
5717   return rc;
5718 }
5719 
5720 /*
5721 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
5722 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
5723 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
5724 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
5725 **
5726 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
5727 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
5728 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
5729 ** returned.
5730 */
5731 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
5732   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5733   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5734        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5735        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5736   );
5737   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5738   if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5739     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5740   }
5741   return rc;
5742 }
5743 
5744 /*
5745 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
5746 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
5747 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
5748 ** journal (a single database transaction).
5749 **
5750 ** This routine ensures that:
5751 **
5752 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
5753 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
5754 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
5755 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
5756 **   * the database file synced.
5757 **
5758 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
5759 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
5760 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
5761 **
5762 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
5763 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
5764 **
5765 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
5766 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
5767 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
5768 ** journal file in this case.
5769 */
5770 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
5771   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
5772   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
5773   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
5774 ){
5775   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
5776 
5777   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5778        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5779        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5780        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
5781   );
5782   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5783 
5784   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
5785   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5786 
5787   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
5788       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
5789 
5790   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
5791   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
5792 
5793   if( MEMDB ){
5794     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
5795     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
5796     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
5797     */
5798     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
5799   }else{
5800     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5801       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
5802       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
5803       if( pList==0 ){
5804         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
5805         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
5806         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
5807         pList = pPageOne;
5808         pList->pDirty = 0;
5809       }
5810       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5811       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
5812         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
5813       }
5814       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
5815       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5816         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
5817       }
5818     }else{
5819       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
5820       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
5821       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
5822       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
5823       **
5824       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
5825       **      blocks of size page-size, and
5826       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
5827       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
5828       **
5829       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
5830       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
5831       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
5832       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
5833       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
5834       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
5835       ** mode.
5836       **
5837       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
5838       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
5839       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
5840       ** created for this transaction.
5841       */
5842   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5843       PgHdr *pPg;
5844       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
5845            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
5846            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
5847       );
5848       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
5849        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5850        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
5851        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
5852       ){
5853         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
5854         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
5855         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
5856         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
5857         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
5858         */
5859         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
5860       }else{
5861         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
5862         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5863           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
5864         }
5865       }
5866   #else
5867       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
5868   #endif
5869       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5870 
5871       /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
5872       ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
5873       ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
5874       **
5875       ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the
5876       ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
5877       ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
5878       ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of
5879       ** reading data from the database file.
5880       */
5881   #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
5882       if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize
5883        && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
5884       ){
5885         Pgno i;                                   /* Iterator variable */
5886         const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
5887         const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize;       /* Database image size */
5888         pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
5889         for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
5890           if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
5891             PgHdr *pPage;             /* Page to journal */
5892             rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
5893             if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5894             rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
5895             sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
5896             if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5897           }
5898         }
5899         pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
5900       }
5901   #endif
5902 
5903       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
5904       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
5905       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
5906       */
5907       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
5908       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5909 
5910       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
5911       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
5912       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
5913       **
5914       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
5915       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
5916       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
5917       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
5918       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
5919       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
5920       */
5921       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
5922       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5923 
5924       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
5925       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5926         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
5927         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5928       }
5929       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
5930 
5931       /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
5932       ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
5933       */
5934       if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
5935         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
5936         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
5937         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
5938         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
5939       }
5940 
5941       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
5942       if( !noSync ){
5943         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
5944       }
5945       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
5946     }
5947   }
5948 
5949 commit_phase_one_exit:
5950   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5951     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
5952   }
5953   return rc;
5954 }
5955 
5956 
5957 /*
5958 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
5959 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
5960 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
5961 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
5962 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
5963 **
5964 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
5965 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
5966 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
5967 ** irrevocably committed.
5968 **
5969 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
5970 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
5971 */
5972 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
5973   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
5974 
5975   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
5976   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
5977   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
5978   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5979 
5980   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5981        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
5982        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
5983   );
5984   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5985 
5986   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
5987   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
5988   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
5989   **
5990   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
5991   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
5992   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
5993   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
5994   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
5995   ** to drop any locks either.
5996   */
5997   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5998    && pPager->exclusiveMode
5999    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6000   ){
6001     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6002     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6003     return SQLITE_OK;
6004   }
6005 
6006   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6007   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
6008   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6009 }
6010 
6011 /*
6012 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6013 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6014 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6015 ** state if an error occurs.
6016 **
6017 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6018 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6019 **
6020 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6021 **
6022 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6023 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6024 **      was opened, and
6025 **
6026 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6027 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6028 **
6029 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6030 ** rollback is successful.
6031 **
6032 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6033 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6034 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6035 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6036 */
6037 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6038   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6039   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6040 
6041   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6042   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6043   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6044   */
6045   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6046   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6047   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6048 
6049   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6050     int rc2;
6051     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6052     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
6053     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6054   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6055     int eState = pPager->eState;
6056     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
6057     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6058       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6059       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6060       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6061       */
6062       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6063       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6064       return rc;
6065     }
6066   }else{
6067     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6068   }
6069 
6070   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6071   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL
6072           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR );
6073 
6074   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6075   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6076   */
6077   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6078 }
6079 
6080 /*
6081 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6082 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6083 */
6084 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6085   return pPager->readOnly;
6086 }
6087 
6088 /*
6089 ** Return the number of references to the pager.
6090 */
6091 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6092   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6093 }
6094 
6095 /*
6096 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6097 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6098 */
6099 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6100   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6101                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6102   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6103            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6104            + pPager->pageSize;
6105 }
6106 
6107 /*
6108 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6109 */
6110 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6111   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6112 }
6113 
6114 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6115 /*
6116 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6117 */
6118 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6119   static int a[11];
6120   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6121   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6122   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6123   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6124   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6125   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6126   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6127   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6128   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6129   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6130   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6131   return a;
6132 }
6133 #endif
6134 
6135 /*
6136 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6137 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6138 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6139 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6140 ** returning.
6141 */
6142 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6143 
6144   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6145        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6146        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6147   );
6148 
6149   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6150   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6151   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6152 
6153   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6154   if( reset ){
6155     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6156   }
6157 }
6158 
6159 /*
6160 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6161 */
6162 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6163   return MEMDB;
6164 }
6165 
6166 /*
6167 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6168 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6169 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6170 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6171 **
6172 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6173 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6174 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6175 */
6176 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6177   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6178   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6179 
6180   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6181   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6182 
6183   if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
6184     int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
6185     PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6186 
6187     /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6188     ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6189     ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6190     */
6191     aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6192         pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6193     );
6194     if( !aNew ){
6195       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6196     }
6197     memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6198     pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6199 
6200     /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6201     for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6202       aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6203       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6204         aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6205       }else{
6206         aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6207       }
6208       aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6209       aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6210       if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6211         return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6212       }
6213       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6214         sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6215       }
6216       pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6217     }
6218     assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6219     assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6220   }
6221 
6222   return rc;
6223 }
6224 
6225 /*
6226 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6227 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6228 ** created savepoint.
6229 **
6230 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6231 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6232 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6233 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6234 **
6235 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6236 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6237 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6238 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6239 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6240 **
6241 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6242 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6243 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6244 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6245 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6246 **
6247 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6248 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6249 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6250 **
6251 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6252 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6253 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6254 */
6255 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6256   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
6257 
6258   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6259   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6260 
6261   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6262     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6263     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6264 
6265     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6266     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6267     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6268     */
6269     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6270     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6271       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6272     }
6273     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6274 
6275     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6276     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6277     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6278       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6279         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6280         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6281           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6282           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6283         }
6284         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6285       }
6286     }
6287     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6288     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6289     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6290     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6291     */
6292     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6293       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6294       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6295       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6296     }
6297   }
6298 
6299   return rc;
6300 }
6301 
6302 /*
6303 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6304 **
6305 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6306 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6307 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6308 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6309 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6310 ** participate in shared-cache.
6311 */
6312 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6313   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6314 }
6315 
6316 /*
6317 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6318 */
6319 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6320   return pPager->pVfs;
6321 }
6322 
6323 /*
6324 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6325 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6326 ** not yet been opened.
6327 */
6328 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6329   return pPager->fd;
6330 }
6331 
6332 /*
6333 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6334 */
6335 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6336   return pPager->zJournal;
6337 }
6338 
6339 /*
6340 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
6341 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6342 */
6343 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6344   return pPager->noSync;
6345 }
6346 
6347 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6348 /*
6349 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6350 */
6351 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6352   Pager *pPager,
6353   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6354   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6355   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6356   void *pCodec
6357 ){
6358   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6359   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6360   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6361   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6362   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6363   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6364 }
6365 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6366   return pPager->pCodec;
6367 }
6368 #endif
6369 
6370 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6371 /*
6372 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6373 **
6374 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6375 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6376 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6377 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6378 **
6379 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6380 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6381 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6382 **
6383 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6384 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6385 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6386 ** transaction is active).
6387 **
6388 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6389 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6390 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6391 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6392 **
6393 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6394 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6395 */
6396 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6397   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6398   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6399   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6400   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6401 
6402   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6403   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6404        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6405   );
6406   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6407 
6408   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6409   ** the page we are moving from.
6410   */
6411   if( MEMDB ){
6412     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6413     if( rc ) return rc;
6414   }
6415 
6416   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6417   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6418   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6419   **
6420   **   BEGIN;
6421   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6422   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6423   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6424   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6425   **
6426   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6427   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6428   ** statement were is processed.
6429   **
6430   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6431   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6432   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6433   */
6434   if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
6435    && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
6436    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
6437   ){
6438     return rc;
6439   }
6440 
6441   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6442       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6443   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6444 
6445   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6446   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6447   **
6448   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6449   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6450   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6451   */
6452   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6453     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6454     assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6455     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6456   }
6457 
6458   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6459   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6460   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6461   ** for the page moved there.
6462   */
6463   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6464   pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
6465   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6466   if( pPgOld ){
6467     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6468     if( MEMDB ){
6469       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6470       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6471       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6472     }else{
6473       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6474     }
6475   }
6476 
6477   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6478   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6479   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6480 
6481   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6482   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6483   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6484   */
6485   if( MEMDB ){
6486     assert( pPgOld );
6487     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6488     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld);
6489   }
6490 
6491   if( needSyncPgno ){
6492     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6493     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6494     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6495     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6496     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6497     ** flag.
6498     **
6499     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6500     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6501     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6502     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6503     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6504     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6505     */
6506     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6507     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
6508     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6509       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6510         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6511         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6512       }
6513       return rc;
6514     }
6515     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6516     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6517     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6518   }
6519 
6520   return SQLITE_OK;
6521 }
6522 #endif
6523 
6524 /*
6525 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6526 */
6527 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6528   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6529   return pPg->pData;
6530 }
6531 
6532 /*
6533 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6534 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6535 */
6536 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6537   return pPg->pExtra;
6538 }
6539 
6540 /*
6541 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6542 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6543 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6544 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6545 **
6546 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6547 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6548 ** locking-mode.
6549 */
6550 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6551   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6552             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6553             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6554   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6555   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6556   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6557   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6558     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6559   }
6560   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6561 }
6562 
6563 /*
6564 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6565 **
6566 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6567 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6568 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6569 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6570 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6571 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6572 **
6573 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
6574 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
6575 **
6576 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
6577 **      or _MEMORY.
6578 **
6579 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
6580 **
6581 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
6582 */
6583 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6584   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
6585 
6586 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6587   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
6588   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
6589   print_pager_state(pPager);
6590 #endif
6591 
6592 
6593   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
6594   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6595             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6596             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6597             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6598             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6599             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
6600 
6601   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
6602   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
6603   ** to WAL mode.
6604   */
6605   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
6606 
6607   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
6608   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
6609   */
6610   if( MEMDB ){
6611     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
6612     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
6613       eMode = eOld;
6614     }
6615   }
6616 
6617   if( eMode!=eOld ){
6618 
6619     /* Change the journal mode. */
6620     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
6621     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
6622 
6623     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
6624     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
6625     ** delete the journal file.
6626     */
6627     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
6628     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
6629     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
6630     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
6631     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
6632     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
6633 
6634     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
6635     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
6636 
6637       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
6638       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
6639       ** here is an optimization only.
6640       **
6641       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
6642       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
6643       ** while it is in use by some other client.
6644       */
6645       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6646       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
6647         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6648       }else{
6649         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6650         int state = pPager->eState;
6651         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
6652         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6653           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
6654         }
6655         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
6656           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6657           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
6658         }
6659         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6660           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6661         }
6662         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
6663           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
6664         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6665           pager_unlock(pPager);
6666         }
6667         assert( state==pPager->eState );
6668       }
6669     }
6670   }
6671 
6672   /* Return the new journal mode */
6673   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
6674 }
6675 
6676 /*
6677 ** Return the current journal mode.
6678 */
6679 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
6680   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
6681 }
6682 
6683 /*
6684 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
6685 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
6686 ** is unmodified.
6687 */
6688 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
6689   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6690   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
6691   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
6692   return 1;
6693 }
6694 
6695 /*
6696 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
6697 **
6698 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
6699 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
6700 */
6701 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
6702   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
6703     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
6704     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
6705   }
6706   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
6707 }
6708 
6709 /*
6710 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
6711 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
6712 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
6713 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
6714 */
6715 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
6716   return &pPager->pBackup;
6717 }
6718 
6719 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
6720 /*
6721 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
6722 */
6723 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
6724   if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
6725 }
6726 #endif
6727 
6728 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6729 /*
6730 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
6731 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
6732 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
6733 **
6734 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
6735 */
6736 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
6737   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6738   if( pPager->pWal ){
6739     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
6740         pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
6741         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
6742         pnLog, pnCkpt
6743     );
6744   }
6745   return rc;
6746 }
6747 
6748 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
6749   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
6750 }
6751 
6752 /*
6753 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
6754 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
6755 */
6756 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
6757   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
6758   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
6759 }
6760 
6761 /*
6762 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
6763 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
6764 */
6765 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6766   int rc;                         /* Return code */
6767 
6768   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
6769   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6770   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6771     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
6772     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
6773     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
6774   }
6775 
6776   return rc;
6777 }
6778 
6779 /*
6780 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
6781 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
6782 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
6783 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
6784 */
6785 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
6786   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6787 
6788   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
6789   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
6790 
6791   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
6792   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
6793   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
6794   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
6795   */
6796   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
6797     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
6798   }
6799 
6800   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
6801   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
6802   */
6803   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6804     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
6805         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
6806         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
6807     );
6808   }
6809 
6810   return rc;
6811 }
6812 
6813 
6814 /*
6815 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
6816 ** this function.
6817 **
6818 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
6819 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
6820 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
6821 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
6822 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
6823 ** not modified in either case.
6824 **
6825 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
6826 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
6827 ** without doing anything.
6828 */
6829 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
6830   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6831   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
6832 ){
6833   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6834 
6835   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6836   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
6837   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
6838   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
6839   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
6840 
6841   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
6842     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
6843 
6844     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
6845     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6846 
6847     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
6848     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6849       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
6850       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
6851     }
6852   }else{
6853     *pbOpen = 1;
6854   }
6855 
6856   return rc;
6857 }
6858 
6859 /*
6860 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
6861 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
6862 **
6863 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
6864 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
6865 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
6866 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
6867 */
6868 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
6869   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6870 
6871   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
6872 
6873   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
6874   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
6875   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
6876   */
6877   if( !pPager->pWal ){
6878     int logexists = 0;
6879     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
6880     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6881       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
6882           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
6883       );
6884     }
6885     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
6886       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
6887     }
6888   }
6889 
6890   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
6891   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
6892   */
6893   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
6894     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
6895     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6896       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
6897                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
6898       pPager->pWal = 0;
6899     }
6900   }
6901   return rc;
6902 }
6903 
6904 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6905 /*
6906 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
6907 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
6908 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
6909 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
6910 ** is empty, return 0.
6911 */
6912 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
6913   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
6914   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
6915 }
6916 #endif
6917 
6918 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6919 /*
6920 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6921 ** into the log file.
6922 **
6923 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6924 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6925 */
6926 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6927   void *aData = 0;
6928   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6929   return aData;
6930 }
6931 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6932 
6933 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
6934 
6935 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
6936